blob: 15daf5e2638d9bbcb6ad8b5d104b520dc81678fe [file] [log] [blame]
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08009 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -070010 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -070013 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -070014 *
15 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
16 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
17 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
18 *
19 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
20 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
21 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
22 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
23 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
24 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
25 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
26 *
27 */
28
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -070029/*
30 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
31 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
32 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
33 *
34 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
35 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
36 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
37 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
38 * can actually be identified and removed.
39 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
40 */
41
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -070042#include <linux/types.h>
43
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -070044#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
45
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -070046#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -080051#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -070052#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
53
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -070054/**
55 * DOC: Station handling
56 *
57 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
58 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
59 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
60 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
61 * to.
62 *
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -070063 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
64 * capabilities.
65 *
66 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
67 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
68 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
69 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
70 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
71 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
72 * time mark it authorized.
73 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
74 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
75 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
76 *
77 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -070078 */
79
80/**
81 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
82 *
83 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
84 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
85 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
86 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
87 * for various reasons.
88 *
89 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
90 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
91 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
92 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
93 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
94 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
95 * for doing that.
96 *
97 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
98 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
99 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
100 *
101 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
102 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
103 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
104 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
105 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
106 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
107 *
108 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
109 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
110 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
111 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
112 *
113 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
114 * below.
115 */
116
117/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800118 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
119 *
120 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
121 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
122 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
123 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
124 *
125 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
126 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
127 * types there no concurrency is implied.
128 *
129 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
130 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
131 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
132 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
133 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
134 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
135 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
136 *
137 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
138 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
139 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
140 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
141 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
142 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
143 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
144 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
145 *
146 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
147 * interfaces that a given device supports.
148 */
149
150/**
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -0800151 * DOC: packet coalesce support
152 *
153 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
154 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
155 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
156 * and power consumption.
157 *
158 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
159 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
160 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
161 * following events occur.
162 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
163 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
164 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
165 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
166 *
167 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
168 * rule.
169 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
170 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
171 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
172 * Multiple such rules can be created.
173 */
174
175/**
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -0700176 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
177 *
178 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
179 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
180 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared
181 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting
182 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared
183 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not
184 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY.
185 *
186 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
187 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
188 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload
189 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS
190 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the
191 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present.
192 *
193 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
194 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
195 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
196 */
197
198/**
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -0700199 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
200 *
201 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
202 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
203 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
204 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
205 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
206 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
207 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
208 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
209 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
211 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
212 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
213 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
214 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
215 *
216 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
217 * below additional parameters to userspace.
218 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
219 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
220 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
221 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
222 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
223 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
224 *
225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
226 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
227 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
228 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
229 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
230 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
231 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
232 */
233
234/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700235 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
236 *
237 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
238 *
239 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
240 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
241 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
242 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800243 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
244 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
245 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700246 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
247 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
248 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
249 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
250 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
251 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
252 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
253 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
254 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
255 *
256 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -0700257 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
258 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700259 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
260 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
261 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
262 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
263 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
264 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
265 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
266 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
267 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
268 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
269 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
270 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
271 *
272 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
273 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
274 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
275 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
276 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
277 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
278 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
279 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
280 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
281 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700282 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
283 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
284 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
285 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
286 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
287 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
288 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
289 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
290 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
291 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800292 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
293 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
294 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -0800295 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
296 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700297 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800298 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700299 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
300 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
301 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700302 *
303 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
304 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
305 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
306 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
307 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
308 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
309 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
310 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -0800311 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
312 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
313 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
314 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
315 * frame).
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700316 *
317 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
318 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
319 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
320 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
321 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
322 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800323 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
324 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
325 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
326 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700327 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
328 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
329 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
330 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
331 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
332 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
333 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
334 *
335 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -0700336 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
337 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
338 * global regdomain will be returned.
339 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
340 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
341 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
342 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
343 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
344 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
345 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
346 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
347 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700348 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
349 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
350 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
351 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
352 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
353 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
354 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
355 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
356 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
357 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
358 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
359 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
360 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
361 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800362 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700363 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
364 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800365 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700366 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
367 *
368 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
369 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
370 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
371 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
372 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
373 * added to all specified management frames generated by
374 * kernel/firmware/driver.
375 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
376 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
377 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
378 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
379 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
380 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
381 *
382 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
383 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800384 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
Paul Stewart092955c2017-02-06 09:13:09 -0800385 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -0700386 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
387 * be used.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700388 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
389 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
390 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
391 * partial scan results may be available
392 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800393 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -0800394 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
395 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
396 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
397 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
398 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
399 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
400 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
401 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
402 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800403 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
404 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
405 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
406 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
407 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
408 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
409 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
410 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -0700411 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
412 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -0700413 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
414 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
415 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -0700416 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
417 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
418 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800419 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
420 * results available.
421 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
422 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
423 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
424 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
425 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
426 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
427 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
428 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700429 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
430 * or noise level
431 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
432 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
433 *
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -0700434 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
435 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
436 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
437 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
438 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
439 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
440 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
441 * ESS.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700442 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -0700443 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
444 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
445 * authentication.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700446 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
447 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700448 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
449 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
450 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
451 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
452 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
453 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
454 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
455 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
456 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
457 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
458 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
459 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
460 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
461 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
462 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
463 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
464 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
465 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
466 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
467 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
468 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
469 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
470 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
471 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
472 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
473 * the beacon hint was processed.
474 *
475 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
476 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
477 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
478 * authentication process.
479 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
480 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
481 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
482 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
483 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
484 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
485 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
486 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
487 * to be added to the frame.
488 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
489 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
490 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
491 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
492 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
493 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
494 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
495 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
496 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
497 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
498 * pending authentication timed out).
499 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
500 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
501 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -0700502 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
503 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
504 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
505 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
506 * included).
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700507 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
508 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
509 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
510 * primitives).
511 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
512 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
513 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
514 *
515 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
516 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
517 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
518 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
519 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
520 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
521 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
522 *
523 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
524 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
525 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
526 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
527 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
528 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
529 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
530 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
531 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
532 * determined by the network interface.
533 *
534 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
535 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
536 * to the driver.
537 *
538 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
539 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
540 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
541 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -0800542 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
543 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -0800544 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -0700545 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
546 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -0800547 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
548 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
549 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
550 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
551 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
552 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
553 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
554 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
555 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
556 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -0700557 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
558 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
559 * a different BSS is desired.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700560 * Background scan period can optionally be
561 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
562 * if not specified default background scan configuration
563 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
564 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700565 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
566 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -0700567 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
568 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
569 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
570 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
571 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
572 * well to remain backwards compatible.
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -0700573 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way
574 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when
575 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully.
576 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
577 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if
578 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way
579 * handshake), this event should be followed by an
580 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700581 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
582 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
583 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
584 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
585 *
586 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
587 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
588 *
589 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
590 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
591 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
592 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
593 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
594 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800595 * frequency for the operation.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700596 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
597 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
598 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
599 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
600 * radio).
601 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
602 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
603 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
604 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
605 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
606 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
607 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
608 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
609 * uniquely identify the request.
610 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
611 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
612 *
613 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
614 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
615 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
616 *
617 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
618 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
619 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
620 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
621 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
622 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
623 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
624 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
625 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
626 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
627 * backward compatibility
628 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
629 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
630 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
631 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
632 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800633 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
634 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
635 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
636 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
637 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700638 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
639 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
640 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800641 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
642 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -0700643 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
644 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
645 * is used during CSA period.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700646 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
647 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
648 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.
649 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
650 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
651 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
652 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
653 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
654 * the frame.
655 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
656 * backward compatibility.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700657 *
658 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
659 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
660 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700661 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
662 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
663 * levels.
664 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
665 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
666 * reached.
667 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800668 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
669 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700670 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
671 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
672 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
673 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
674 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
675 * precedence when they are used.
676 *
677 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
678 *
Dmitry Shmidtabb90a32016-12-05 15:34:39 -0800679 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
680 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
681 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
682 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
683 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
684 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
685 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
686 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
687 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
688 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
689 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
690 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
691 * command, the feature is disabled.
692 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700693 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
694 * mesh config parameters may be given.
695 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
696 * network is determined by the network interface.
697 *
698 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
699 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
700 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
701 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
702 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
703 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
704 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800705 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
706 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
707 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -0700708 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
709 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
710 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
711 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
712 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800713 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
714 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
715 * depending on the authentication result.
716 *
717 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
718 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
719 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
720 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
721 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
722 * more background information, see
723 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -0800724 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
725 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
726 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
727 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
728 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
729 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800730 *
731 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
732 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
733 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
734 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
735 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
736 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
737 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
738 *
739 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
740 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
741 *
742 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -0800743 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
744 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
745 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
746 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
747 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
748 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -0800749 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
750 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
751 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
752 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
753 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
754 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
755 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
756 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800757 *
758 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
759 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
760 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
761 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
762 * is received.
763 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
764 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
765 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
766 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
767 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
768 *
769 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
770 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
771 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
772 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
773 *
774 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
775 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
776 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
777 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
778 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
779 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
780 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
781 *
782 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
783 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
784 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
785 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
786 *
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -0800787 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
788 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
789 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700790 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
791 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800792 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -0800793 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
794 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
795 * from the remote AP) is completed;
796 *
797 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
798 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
799 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
800 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
801 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
802 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
803 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
804 * interfaces to change channel as well.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700805 *
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -0800806 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
807 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
808 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
809 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
810 * public action frame TX.
811 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
812 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
813 *
814 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
815 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
816 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
817 * is used for this.
818 *
819 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
820 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
821 *
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -0800822 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
823 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
824 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
825 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
826 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
827 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
828 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
829 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
830 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
831 *
832 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
833 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
834 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
835 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
836 * while operating on this channel.
837 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
838 * event.
839 *
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -0700840 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
841 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
842 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
843 *
844 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
845 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
846 *
847 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
848 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
849 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
850 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
851 *
Dmitry Shmidt51b6ea82013-05-08 10:42:09 -0700852 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
853 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
854 * complete.
855 *
856 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
857 * return back to normal.
858 *
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -0800859 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
860 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
861 *
862 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
863 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
864 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
865 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
866 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
867 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
868 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
869 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
870 * switch is complete.
871 *
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -0800872 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
873 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
874 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
875 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
876 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
877 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
878 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
879 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
880 *
881 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
882 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
883 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
884 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
885 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
886 *
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -0700887 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
888 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
889 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
890 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
891 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
892 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
893 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
894 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
895 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
896 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
897 * fail even if the check was successful.
898 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
899 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
900 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
901 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
902 *
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -0800903 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
904 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
905 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
906 *
907 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
908 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
909 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
910 * network is determined by the network interface.
911 *
912 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
913 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
914 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
915 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
916 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
917 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
918 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
919 * AP.
920 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
921 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
922 * when this command completes.
923 *
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -0700924 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
925 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
926 * management.
927 *
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -0800928 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
929 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
930 * cfg80211_scan_done().
931 *
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -0800932 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -0700933 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
934 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
935 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
936 * cluster. This command must have a valid
937 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
938 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
939 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
940 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
941 * added.
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -0800942 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
943 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
944 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
945 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
946 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
947 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
948 * of the function upon success.
949 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
950 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
951 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
952 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
953 * which just terminated.
954 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
955 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
956 * the response to this command.
957 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
958 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
959 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
960 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
961 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -0700962 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
963 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
964 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
965 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
966 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
967 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
968 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
969 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -0800970 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
971 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
972 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
973 *
Dmitry Shmidtabb90a32016-12-05 15:34:39 -0800974 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
975 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
976 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
977 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
978 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
979 *
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -0700980 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
981 * for the given authenticator address (specified with &NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
982 * When &NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, &NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
983 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
984 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
985 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
986 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
987 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way
988 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is
989 * specified with &NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake
990 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with
991 * &NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or &NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed
992 * &NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead.
993 *
994 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
995 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
996 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
997 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
998 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
999 * 802.11 headers.
1000 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1001 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1002 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1003 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1004 *
1005 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1006 *
1007 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1008 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1009 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1010 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1011 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1012 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1013 *
1014 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1015 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1016 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1017 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1018 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1019 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1020 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1021 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1022 * command interface.
1023 *
1024 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1025 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1026 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1027 *
1028 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1029 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of &NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1030 * &NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,&NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1031 * address(specified in &NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1032 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001033 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1034 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1035 */
1036enum nl80211_commands {
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001037/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001038 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1039
1040 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1041 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1042 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1043 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1044
1045 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1046 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1047 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1048 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1049
1050 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1051 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1052 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1053 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1054
1055 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1056 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001057 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1058 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1059 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1060 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001061
1062 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1063 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1064 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1065 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1066
1067 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1068 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1069 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1070 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1071
1072 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1073
1074 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1075 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1076
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001077 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1078 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001079
1080 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1081
1082 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1083
1084 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1085 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1086 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1087 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1088
1089 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1090
1091 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1092 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1093 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1094 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1095
1096 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1097
1098 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1099
1100 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1101 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1102
1103 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1104
1105 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1106 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1107 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1108
1109 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1110
1111 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1112 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1113
1114 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1115 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1116 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1117
1118 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1119 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1120
1121 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1122
1123 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1124 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1125 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1126 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1127 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1128 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1129
1130 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1131 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1132
1133 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1134 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1135
1136 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1137 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1138
1139 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1140
1141 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1142 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1143
1144 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1145 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1146
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001147 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1148
1149 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1150 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1151
1152 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1153 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1154 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1155 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1156
1157 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1158
1159 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1160
1161 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1162 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1163
1164 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1165
1166 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1167
1168 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1169
1170 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1171
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08001172 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1173
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001174 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1175
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08001176 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1177 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1178
1179 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1180
1181 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1182
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08001183 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1184
1185 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1186
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07001187 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1188
1189 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1190 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1191
Dmitry Shmidt51b6ea82013-05-08 10:42:09 -07001192 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1193 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1194
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08001195 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1196 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1197
1198 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1199
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08001200 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1201
1202 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1203
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07001204 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1205 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1206
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08001207 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1208
1209 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1210 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1211
1212 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1213
1214 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1215 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1216
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07001217 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1218
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08001219 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1220
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08001221 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1222 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1223 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1224 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1225 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1226 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1227
Dmitry Shmidtabb90a32016-12-05 15:34:39 -08001228 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1229
1230 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1231
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07001232 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1233 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1234
1235 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1236
1237 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1238
1239 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1240
1241 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1242
1243 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1244
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001245 /* add new commands above here */
1246
1247 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1248 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1249 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1250};
1251
1252/*
1253 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1254 * here
1255 */
1256#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1257#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1258#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1259#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1260#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1261#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1262#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1263#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1264
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001265#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1266
1267/* source-level API compatibility */
1268#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1269#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1270#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1271
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001272/**
1273 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1274 *
1275 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1276 *
1277 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1278 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1279 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1280 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08001281 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1282 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1283 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1284 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1285 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1286 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1287 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1288 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1289 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1290 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1291 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1292 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001293 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08001294 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001295 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1296 * this attribute)
1297 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1298 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1299 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08001300 * This attribute is now deprecated.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001301 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1302 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1303 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1304 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1305 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1306 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1307 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1308 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1309 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1310 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1311 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1312 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1313 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1314 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1315 *
1316 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1317 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1318 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1319 *
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07001320 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1321 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1322 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001323 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1324 *
1325 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1326 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1327 * keys
1328 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1329 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1330 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1331 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1332 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001333 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1334 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1335 * default management key
1336 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1337 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1338 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1339 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001340 *
1341 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1342 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1343 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1344 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1345 *
1346 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1347 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1348 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1349 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1350 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1351 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1352 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1353 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1354 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1355 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1356 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1357 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1358 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1359 *
1360 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1361 * consisting of a nested array.
1362 *
1363 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07001364 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1365 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001366 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1367 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1368 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1369 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1370 *
1371 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1372 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1373 *
1374 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1375 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1376 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1377 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1378 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1379 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08001380 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001381 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1382 * to a specific alpha2.
1383 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1384 * rules.
1385 *
1386 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1387 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1388 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1389 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1390 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1391 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1392 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1393 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1394 *
1395 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1396 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1397 *
1398 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1399 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1400 * of the interface mode.
1401 *
1402 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1403 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1404 *
1405 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1406 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1407 *
1408 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1409 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001410 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1411 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001412 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1413 * that can be added to a scan request
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001414 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1415 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1416 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1417 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001418 *
1419 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1420 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1421 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1422 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1423 *
1424 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1425 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1426 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1427 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1428 *
1429 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1430 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1431 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1432 *
1433 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1434 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1435 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1436 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1437 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1438 * represented as a u32
1439 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1440 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1441 *
1442 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1443 * a u32
1444 *
1445 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1446 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1447 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1448 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1449 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1450 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1451 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1452 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1453 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1454 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1455 *
1456 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1457 * cipher suites
1458 *
1459 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1460 * for other networks on different channels
1461 *
1462 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1463 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1464 *
1465 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1466 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07001467 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1468 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1469 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1470 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1471 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1472 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001473 *
1474 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1475 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1476 *
1477 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1478 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1479 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1480 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1481 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1482 * default in station mode.
1483 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1484 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1485 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1486 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1487 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1488 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1489 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1490 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1491 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07001492 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1493 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1494 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1495 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1496 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1497 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1498 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1499 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1500 * flag.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001501 *
1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1503 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1504 *
1505 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1506 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1507 * a local disconnect request.
1508 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1509 * event (u16)
1510 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001511 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1512 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001513 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001514 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1515 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001516 * (an array of u32).
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001517 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1518 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1519 * u32).
1520 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1521 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001522 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001523 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1524 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001525 *
1526 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1527 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1528 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1529 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1530 *
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07001531 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1532 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1533 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1534 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1535 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001536 *
1537 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1538 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1539 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1540 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1541 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1542 *
1543 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1544 *
1545 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1546 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1547 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1548 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1549 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1550 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1551 * completely from scratch.
1552 *
1553 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1554 *
1555 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1556 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1557 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1558 *
1559 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1560 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1561 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1562 *
1563 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1564 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1565 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1566 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1567 *
1568 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1569 *
1570 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1571 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1572 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1573 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1574 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08001575 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1576 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1577 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1578 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1579 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1580 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1581 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001582 *
1583 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1584 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1585 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1586 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1587 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1588 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1589 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1590 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1591 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1592 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1593 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1594 *
1595 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1596 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1597 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001598 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1599 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001600 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1601 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1602 *
1603 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1604 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1605 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1606 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1607 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1608 *
1609 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1610 * connected to this BSS.
1611 *
1612 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1613 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1614 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1615 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1616 * for non-automatic settings.
1617 *
1618 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1619 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1620 *
1621 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1622 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1623 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1624 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1625 *
1626 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1627 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1628 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1629 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1630 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1631 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1632 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1633 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1634 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1635 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1636 *
1637 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1638 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1639 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1640 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001641 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1642 *
1643 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1644 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1645 *
1646 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1647 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001648 *
1649 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1650 *
1651 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1652 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1653 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1654 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1655 * nl80211 capability flag.
1656 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001657 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001658 *
1659 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1660 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1661 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1662 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001663 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1664 * changed once the mesh is active.
1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1666 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1667 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1668 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1669 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07001670 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1671 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1672 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1673 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001674 *
1675 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1676 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1677 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1678 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1679 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1680 * triggers.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001681 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001682 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1683 * cycles, in msecs.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001684 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001685 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1686 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1687 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1688 * pass-thru filter rules.
1689 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1690 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1691 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1692 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1693 * able to ignore them by itself.
1694 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1695 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1696 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1697 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1698 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1699 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1700 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1701 * If ommited, no filtering is done.
1702 *
1703 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1704 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1705 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1706 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1707 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1708 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1709 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1710 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001711 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001712 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1713 *
1714 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1715 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1716 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1717 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1718 *
1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1720 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1721 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1722 *
1723 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1724 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1725 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1726 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1727 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1728 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1729 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1730 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1731 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1732 *
1733 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1734 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1735 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1736 * as AP.
1737 *
1738 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1739 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1740 *
1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1742 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1743 *
1744 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1745 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1746 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1747 * applications use this attribute.
1748 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1749 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1750 *
1751 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1752 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1753 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1755 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
1756 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1757 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1758 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1759 * as a TDLS peer sta.
1760 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1761 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1762 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1763 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1764 *
1765 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1766 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1767 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1768 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1769 *
1770 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1771 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1772 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1773 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1774 *
1775 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1776 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1777 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001778 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
1779 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1780 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1781 *
1782 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1783 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1784 * to be filled by the FW.
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08001785 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1786 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1788 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1789 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1790 * The values that may be configured are:
1791 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1792 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1793 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1794 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
1795 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1796 *
1797 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1798 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1799 * to one DFS region.
1800 *
1801 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1802 * up to 16 TIDs.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001803 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001804 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1805 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1806 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from
1807 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1808 * capability to timeout the stations.
1809 *
1810 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1811 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1812 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1813 *
1814 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1815 * or 0 to disable background scan.
1816 *
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07001817 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1818 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1819 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1820 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1821 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1822 *
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08001823 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1824 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1825 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1826 *
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08001827 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1828 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1829 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1830 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1831 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1832 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1833 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
1834 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
1835 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
1836 * consistent.
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08001837 *
1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1839 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1840 *
1841 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1842 *
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08001843 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1844 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1845 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1846 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1847 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1848 * no change is made.
1849 *
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08001850 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1851 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1852 *
1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1854 * carried in a u32 attribute
1855 *
1856 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1857 * MAC ACL.
1858 *
1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1860 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1861 * ACL.
1862 *
1863 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1864 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1865 *
1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1867 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1868 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1869 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1870 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1871 *
1872 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1873 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1874 *
1875 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1876 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1877 * and PU-APSD.
1878 *
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07001879 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1880 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1881 *
1882 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1883 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1884 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
1885 *
1886 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
1887 *
1888 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
1889 * Element
1890 *
Dmitry Shmidt51b6ea82013-05-08 10:42:09 -07001891 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
1892 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
1893 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
1894 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
1895 *
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07001896 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
1897 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
1898 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
1899 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
1900 *
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08001901 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
1902 *
1903 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
1904 * until the channel switch event.
1905 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
1906 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
1907 * operation).
1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
1909 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07001910 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1911 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
1912 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1913 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08001914 *
1915 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
1916 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
1917 *
1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
1919 *
1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
1921 * supported operating classes.
1922 *
1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
1924 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
1925 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
1926 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
1927 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
1928 * IBSS network.
1929 *
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08001930 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1931 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
1932 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1933 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
1934 *
1935 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
1936 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
Dmitry Shmidtebd93af2017-02-21 13:40:44 -08001937 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
1938 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
1939 * u8 attribute.
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08001940 *
1941 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
1942 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
1943 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
1944 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
1945 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
1946 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
1947 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
1948 *
1949 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
1950 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
1951 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
1952 *
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08001953 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
1954 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
1955 *
1956 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
1957 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
1958 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
1959 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
1960 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
1961 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
1962 *
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07001963 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
1964 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
1965 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
1966 * supported number of csa counters.
1967 *
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07001968 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
1969 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
1970 *
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08001971 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07001972 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08001973 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07001974 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
1975 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
1976 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
1977 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
1978 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
1979 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
1980 * cleared when the socket is closed.
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08001981 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07001982 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
1983 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
1984 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
1985 * multicast group.
Paul Stewart092955c2017-02-06 09:13:09 -08001986 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
1987 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07001988 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
1989 * torn down when the socket is closed.
1990 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
1991 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
1992 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
1993 * disabled when the socket is closed.
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07001994 *
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07001995 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
1996 * the TDLS link initiator.
1997 *
1998 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
1999 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2000 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2001 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2002 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2003 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2004 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07002005 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2006 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07002007 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2008 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2009 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2010 *
2011 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2012 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2013 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2014 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2015 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2016 *
2017 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2018 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2019 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2020 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2021 *
2022 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2023 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2024 *
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002025 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2026 *
2027 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2028 *
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002029 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2030 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2031 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2032 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2033 *
2034 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2035 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2036 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2037 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2038 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2039 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2040 *
2041 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2042 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2043 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2044 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2045 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2046 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2047 * over all channels.
2048 *
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08002049 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08002050 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2051 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2052 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002053
2054 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2055 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2056 *
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08002057 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2058 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2059 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2060 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2061 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2062 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2063 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2064 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2065 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2066 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2067 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2068 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
Dmitry Shmidt57c2d392016-02-23 13:40:19 -08002069 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2070 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2071 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2072 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07002073 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2074 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2075 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2076 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2077 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2078 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2079 *
2080 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2081 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08002082 *
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07002083 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2084 *
2085 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2086 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2087 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2088 * interface type.
2089 *
Dmitry Shmidt58d12ad2016-07-28 10:07:03 -07002090 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2091 * groupID for monitor mode.
2092 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2093 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2094 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2095 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2096 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2097 * each group.
2098 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2099 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2100 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2101 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2102 * groupID data.
2103 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2104 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2105 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2106 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2107 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2108 *
2109 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2110 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2111 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2112 * attribute must not be included).
2113 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2114 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2115 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2116 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2117 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2118 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2119 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2120 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2121 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2122 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2123 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2124 *
2125 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2126 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2127 *
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08002128 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2129 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2130 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2131 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2132 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -07002133 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2134 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2135 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2136 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2137 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2138 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2139 * the device will decide what to use.
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08002140 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2141 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2142 * attribute.
2143 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2144 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2145 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2146 * protection.
2147 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2148 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2149 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2150 *
Dmitry Shmidtabb90a32016-12-05 15:34:39 -08002151 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2152 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2153 *
Paul Stewart092955c2017-02-06 09:13:09 -08002154 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2155 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2156 *
Dmitry Shmidtebd93af2017-02-21 13:40:44 -08002157 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2158 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2159 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2160 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2161 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2162 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2163 * unnecessary wakeups.
2164 *
2165 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2166 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2167 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparision to figure out
2168 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2169 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2170 *
2171 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2172 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2173 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2174 *
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -07002175 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2176 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2177 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2178 *
2179 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2180 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2181 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2182 *
2183 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2184 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2185 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2186 *
2187 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2188 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2189 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2190 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2191 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2192 *
2193 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2194 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2195 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2196 *
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07002197 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2198 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2199 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way
2200 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is
2201 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute
2202 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well.
2203 *
2204 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2205 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2206 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2207 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2208 *
2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2210 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2211 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2212 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2213 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2214 *
2215 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2216 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2217 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2218 * &NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2219 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2220 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2221 * only with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request. The driver may offload
2222 * authentication processing to user space if this capability is indicated
2223 * in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests from the user space.
2224 *
2225 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2226 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -07002227 *
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002228 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002229 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2230 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2231 */
2232enum nl80211_attrs {
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002233/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002234 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2235
2236 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2237 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2238
2239 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2240 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2241 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2242
2243 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2244
2245 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2246 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2247 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2248 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2249 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2250
2251 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2252 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2253 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2254 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2255
2256 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2257 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2258 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2259 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2260 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2261 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2262
2263 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2264
2265 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2266
2267 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2268 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2269 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2270 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2271
2272 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2273 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2274 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2275
2276 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2277
2278 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2279
2280 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2281 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2282
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002283 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002284
2285 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2286
2287 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2288 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2289 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2290
2291 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2292
2293 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2294 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2295
2296 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2297
2298 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2299 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2300 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2301 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2302
2303 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2304 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2305
2306 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2307
2308 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2309 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2310 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2311 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2312
2313 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2314
2315 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2316 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2317
2318 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2319 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2320
2321 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2322
2323
2324 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2325 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2326 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2327 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2328
2329 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2330
2331 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2332
2333 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2334
2335 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2336
2337 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2338
2339 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2340
2341 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2342 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2343
2344 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2345 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2346 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2347 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2348
2349 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2350 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2351
2352 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2353
2354 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2355 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2356
2357 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2358
2359 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2360
2361 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2362
2363 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2364 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2365
2366 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2367
2368 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2369
2370 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2371
2372 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2373
2374 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2375
2376 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2377
2378 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2379
2380 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2381
2382 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2383
2384 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2385
2386 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2387 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2388
2389 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2390 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2391 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2392
2393 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2394 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2395
2396 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2397
2398 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2399 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2400
2401 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2402
2403 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2404
2405 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2406
2407 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2408
2409 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2410
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002411 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2412
2413 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2414 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2415
2416 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2417 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2418
2419 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2420 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2421
2422 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2423
2424 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2425 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2426
2427 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2428
2429 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2430 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2431
2432 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2433
2434 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2435
2436 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2437 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2438
2439 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2440 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2441
2442 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2443
2444 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2445 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2446
2447 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2448
2449 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2450
2451 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2452 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2453 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2454 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2455 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2456
2457 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2458
2459 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2460
2461 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2462
2463 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2464
2465 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2466
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08002467 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2468
2469 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2470 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2471
2472 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2473
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002474 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2475
2476 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2477
2478 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2479
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07002480 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2481
2482 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2483
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08002484 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2485
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08002486 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08002487
2488 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2489
2490 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2491
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08002492 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2493 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2494 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2495
2496 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2497 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2498
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08002499 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2500
2501 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2502
2503 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2504
2505 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2506
2507 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2508
2509 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2510 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2511
2512 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2513 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2514
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07002515 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2516 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2517
2518 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2519 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2520
2521 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2522 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2523
Dmitry Shmidt51b6ea82013-05-08 10:42:09 -07002524 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2525 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2526
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07002527 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2528
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08002529 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2530
2531 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2532 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2533 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2534 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2535 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2536
2537 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2538
2539 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2540
2541 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2542
2543 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2544
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08002545 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2546 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2547
2548 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2549
2550 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2551 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2552 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2553 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2554
2555 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2556
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08002557 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2558 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2559
2560 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2561
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07002562 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2563
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002564 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07002565
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07002566 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2567 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2568
2569 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2570
2571 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2572
2573 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2574
2575 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2576 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2577 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2578
2579 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2580
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002581 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2582
2583 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2584
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002585 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2586
2587 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2588
2589 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2590
2591 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2592
2593 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2594
2595 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2596
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08002597 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2598 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2599 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2600 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2601
Dmitry Shmidt57c2d392016-02-23 13:40:19 -08002602 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2603
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07002604 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2605
2606 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2607
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07002608 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2609
2610 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2611
Dmitry Shmidt58d12ad2016-07-28 10:07:03 -07002612 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2613 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2614
2615 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2616 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2617 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2618 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2619
2620 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2621
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08002622 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -07002623 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08002624 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2625 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2626
2627 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2628 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2629
Dmitry Shmidtabb90a32016-12-05 15:34:39 -08002630 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2631
Paul Stewart092955c2017-02-06 09:13:09 -08002632 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
2633
Dmitry Shmidtebd93af2017-02-21 13:40:44 -08002634 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2635 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2636
2637 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2638
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -07002639 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2640 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2641 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2642 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2643 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2644
2645 NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
2646
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07002647 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
2648 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
2649
2650 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
2651 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
2652 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
2653
2654 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
2655 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
2656
2657 NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
2658 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
2659
2660 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
2661
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002662 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2663
2664 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002665 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002666 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2667};
2668
2669/* source-level API compatibility */
2670#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002671#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002672#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08002673#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002674
2675/*
2676 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2677 * here
2678 */
2679#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2680#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2681#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2682#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2683#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2684#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2685#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2686#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2687#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2688#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2689#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2690#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2691#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2692#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
2693#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2694#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2695#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2696#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2697#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2698#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002699#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002700
2701#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002702#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002703#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 64
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002704#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
2705#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
2706#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
2707#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08002708#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002709
2710#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
2711#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
2712
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002713#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
2714
2715/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2716#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
2717
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07002718#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
2719
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002720/**
2721 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2722 *
2723 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2724 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2725 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2726 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002727 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2728 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2729 * AP type interface.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002730 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2731 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2732 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2733 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2734 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08002735 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2736 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2737 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2738 * commands to create and destroy one
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002739 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2740 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08002741 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002742 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2743 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2744 *
2745 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2746 * to set the type of an interface.
2747 *
2748 */
2749enum nl80211_iftype {
2750 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2751 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2752 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2753 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
2754 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2755 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
2756 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2757 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2758 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2759 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08002760 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002761 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08002762 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002763
2764 /* keep last */
2765 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2766 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2767};
2768
2769/**
2770 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2771 *
2772 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2773 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2774 *
2775 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2776 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2777 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2778 * with short barker preamble
2779 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
2780 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002781 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08002782 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2783 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2784 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2785 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2786 * as errors.)
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08002787 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2788 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2789 * previously added station into associated state
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002790 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2791 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2792 */
2793enum nl80211_sta_flags {
2794 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
2795 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
2796 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2797 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
2798 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002799 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
2800 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08002801 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002802
2803 /* keep last */
2804 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
2805 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
2806};
2807
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07002808/**
2809 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
2810 *
2811 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
2812 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
2813 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
2814 */
2815enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
2816 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
2817 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
2818
2819 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
2820};
2821
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002822#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
2823
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002824/**
2825 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
2826 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
2827 * @set: which values to set them to
2828 *
2829 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
2830 */
2831struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
2832 __u32 mask;
2833 __u32 set;
2834} __attribute__((packed));
2835
2836/**
2837 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
2838 *
2839 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
2840 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07002841 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
2842 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
2843 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
2844 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
2845 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
2846 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
2847 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002848 *
2849 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2850 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
2851 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08002852 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002853 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07002854 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002855 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08002856 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
2857 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
2858 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002859 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
2860 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08002861 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002862 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
2863 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2864 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
2865 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
2866 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2867 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002868 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2869 */
2870enum nl80211_rate_info {
2871 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
2872 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
2873 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
2874 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
2875 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07002876 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08002877 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
2878 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
2879 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2880 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2881 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002882 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
2883 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002884
2885 /* keep last */
2886 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2887 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2888};
2889
2890/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002891 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
2892 *
2893 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
2894 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2895 *
2896 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2897 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
2898 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
2899 * (flag)
2900 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
2901 * (flag)
2902 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
2903 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
2904 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
2905 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2906 */
2907enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
2908 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
2909 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
2910 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2911 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2912 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
2913 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2914
2915 /* keep last */
2916 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
2917 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
2918};
2919
2920/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002921 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
2922 *
2923 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
2924 * when getting information about a station.
2925 *
2926 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2927 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002928 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2929 * (u32, from this station)
2930 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2931 * (u32, to this station)
2932 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2933 * (u64, from this station)
2934 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2935 * (u64, to this station)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002936 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
2937 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002938 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002939 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2940 * (u32, from this station)
2941 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2942 * (u32, to this station)
2943 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
2944 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
2945 * (u32, to this station)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002946 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002947 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
2948 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
2949 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
2950 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
2951 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
2952 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
2953 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
2954 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
2955 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
2956 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08002957 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002958 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08002959 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2960 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
2961 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
2962 * non-peer STA
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07002963 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
2964 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
2965 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
2966 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07002967 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
2968 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002969 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
2970 * (u64)
2971 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
2972 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
2973 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
2974 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
2975 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
2976 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
2977 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
2978 * attributes carrying the actual values.
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07002979 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
2980 * received from the station (u64, usec)
2981 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07002982 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002983 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
2984 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002985 */
2986enum nl80211_sta_info {
2987 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
2988 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
2989 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
2990 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
2991 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
2992 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
2993 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
2994 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
2995 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
2996 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
2997 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
2998 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
2999 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3000 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003001 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3002 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3003 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3004 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08003005 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003006 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003007 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3008 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3009 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3010 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3011 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07003012 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3013 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07003014 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003015 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3016 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3017 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3018 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003019 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3020 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07003021 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003022
3023 /* keep last */
3024 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3025 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3026};
3027
3028/**
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003029 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3030 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3031 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3032 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3033 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3034 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3035 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3036 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3037 * MSDUs (u64)
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003038 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003039 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3040 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3041 */
3042enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3043 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3044 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3045 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3046 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3047 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003048 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003049
3050 /* keep last */
3051 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3052 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3053};
3054
3055/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003056 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3057 *
3058 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3059 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3060 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3061 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3062 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3063 */
3064enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3065 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
3066 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
3067 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
3068 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
3069 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
3070};
3071
3072/**
3073 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3074 *
3075 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3076 * information about a mesh path.
3077 *
3078 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3079 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3080 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3081 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3082 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3083 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3084 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3085 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3086 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3087 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3088 * currently defind
3089 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3090 */
3091enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3092 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3093 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3094 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3095 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3096 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3097 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3098 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3099 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3100
3101 /* keep last */
3102 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3103 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3104};
3105
3106/**
3107 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3108 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3109 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3110 * an array of nested frequency attributes
3111 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3112 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
3113 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3114 * defined in 802.11n
3115 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3116 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3117 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003118 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3119 * defined in 802.11ac
3120 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003121 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3122 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3123 */
3124enum nl80211_band_attr {
3125 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3126 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3127 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3128
3129 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3130 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3131 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3132 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3133
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003134 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3135 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
3136
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003137 /* keep last */
3138 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3139 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3140};
3141
3142#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3143
3144/**
3145 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3146 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3147 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3148 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3149 * regulatory domain.
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003150 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3151 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3152 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003153 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3154 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3155 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3156 * (100 * dBm).
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003157 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3158 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3159 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3160 * this channel is in this DFS state.
3161 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3162 * channel as the control channel
3163 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3164 * channel as the control channel
3165 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3166 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3167 * this includes 80+80 channels
3168 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3169 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3170 * isn't possible
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07003171 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07003172 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3173 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3174 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3175 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3176 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3177 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08003178 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07003179 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3180 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08003181 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3182 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3183 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3184 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3185 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3186 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3187 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3188 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07003189 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3190 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3191 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3192 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003193 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3194 * currently defined
3195 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07003196 *
3197 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3198 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3199 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08003200 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003201 */
3202enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3203 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3204 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3205 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003206 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3207 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003208 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3209 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003210 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3211 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3212 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3213 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3214 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3215 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07003216 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07003217 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08003218 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07003219 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3220 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003221
3222 /* keep last */
3223 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3224 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3225};
3226
3227#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003228#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3229#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3230#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08003231#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3232 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003233
3234/**
3235 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3236 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3237 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3238 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3239 * in 2.4 GHz band.
3240 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3241 * currently defined
3242 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3243 */
3244enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3245 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3246 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3247 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3248
3249 /* keep last */
3250 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3251 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3252};
3253
3254/**
3255 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3256 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3257 * regulatory domain.
3258 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3259 * regulatory domain.
3260 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3261 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3262 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3263 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3264 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3265 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003266 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003267 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3268 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3269 */
3270enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3271 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3272 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3273 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3274 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3275};
3276
3277/**
3278 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3279 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3280 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3281 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3282 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3283 * domain.
3284 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3285 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3286 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3287 * them to be applied.
3288 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3289 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3290 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3291 * domain request to be processed.
3292 */
3293enum nl80211_reg_type {
3294 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3295 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3296 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3297 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3298};
3299
3300/**
3301 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3302 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3303 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3304 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3305 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3306 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3307 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3308 * band edge.
3309 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3310 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3311 * band edge.
3312 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07003313 * frequency range, in KHz.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003314 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3315 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3316 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
3317 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3318 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07003319 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3320 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003321 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3322 * currently defined
3323 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3324 */
3325enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3326 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3327 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3328
3329 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3330 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3331 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3332
3333 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3334 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3335
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07003336 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3337
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003338 /* keep last */
3339 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3340 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3341};
3342
3343/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003344 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3345 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3346 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08003347 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07003348 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003349 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08003350 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3351 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3352 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3353 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3354 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3355 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3356 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
Dmitry Shmidtebd93af2017-02-21 13:40:44 -08003357 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3358 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3359 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
3360 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3361 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3362 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3363 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07003364 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
3365 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003366 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3367 * attribute number currently defined
3368 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3369 */
3370enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3371 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3372
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003373 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3374 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
Dmitry Shmidtebd93af2017-02-21 13:40:44 -08003375 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3376 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07003377 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003378
3379 /* keep last */
3380 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3381 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3382 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3383};
3384
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003385/* only for backward compatibility */
3386#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3387
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003388/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003389 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3390 *
3391 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3392 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3393 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3394 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3395 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3396 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3397 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003398 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3399 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3400 * beaconing.
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07003401 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3402 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3403 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08003404 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See &NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08003405 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3406 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3407 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3408 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003409 */
3410enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3411 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
3412 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
3413 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
3414 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
3415 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
3416 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
3417 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003418 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
3419 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07003420 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08003421 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08003422 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
3423 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
3424 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
3425 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003426};
3427
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003428#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3429#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3430#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08003431#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3432 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08003433#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003434
3435/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3436#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3437
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003438/**
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08003439 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3440 *
3441 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003442 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3443 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3444 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08003445 */
3446enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3447 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
3448 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
3449 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
3450 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
3451};
3452
3453/**
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07003454 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3455 *
3456 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3457 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
3458 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3459 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3460 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3461 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3462 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3463 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3464 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
3465 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3466 * supported feature.
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07003467 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3468 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07003469 */
3470enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3471 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
3472 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07003473 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07003474};
3475
3476/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003477 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3478 *
3479 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3480 * when getting information about a survey.
3481 *
3482 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3483 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3484 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3485 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003486 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3487 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
3488 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003489 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003490 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003491 * channel was sensed busy
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003492 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3493 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
3494 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3495 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3496 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3497 * (on this channel or globally)
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003498 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003499 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3500 * currently defined
3501 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3502 */
3503enum nl80211_survey_info {
3504 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3505 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3506 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3507 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003508 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3509 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3510 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3511 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3512 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3513 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003514 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003515
3516 /* keep last */
3517 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3518 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3519};
3520
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003521/* keep old names for compatibility */
3522#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3523#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3524#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3525#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3526#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3527
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003528/**
3529 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3530 *
3531 * Monitor configuration flags.
3532 *
3533 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3534 *
3535 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3536 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3537 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3538 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3539 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3540 * overrides all other flags.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003541 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3542 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003543 *
3544 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3545 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3546 */
3547enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3548 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3549 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3550 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3551 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3552 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3553 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003554 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003555
3556 /* keep last */
3557 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3558 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3559};
3560
3561/**
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003562 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3563 *
3564 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3565 * not known or has not been set yet.
3566 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
3567 * in Awake state all the time.
3568 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3569 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
3570 * neighbor's beacons.
3571 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3572 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
3573 * for neighbor's beacons.
3574 *
3575 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3576 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3577 */
3578
3579enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3580 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3581 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3582 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3583 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3584
3585 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3586 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3587};
3588
3589/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003590 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3591 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003592 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3593 * active.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003594 *
3595 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
3596 *
3597 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003598 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003599 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003600 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003601 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003602 *
3603 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003604 * millisecond units
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003605 *
3606 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003607 * on this mesh interface
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003608 *
3609 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003610 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
3611 * mesh
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003612 *
3613 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003614 * point.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003615 *
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07003616 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
3617 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
3618 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
3619 * set.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003620 *
3621 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003622 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
3623 * target)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003624 *
3625 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003626 * (in milliseconds)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003627 *
3628 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003629 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003630 *
3631 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003632 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
3633 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003634 *
3635 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003636 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
3637 * reference element
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003638 *
3639 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003640 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
3641 * mesh
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003642 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003643 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
3644 *
3645 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003646 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003647 *
3648 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003649 * root announcements are transmitted.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003650 *
3651 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003652 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
3653 * Announcement frames.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003654 *
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08003655 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003656 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
3657 * PERR element.
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08003658 *
3659 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003660 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
3661 *
3662 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
3663 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
3664 * a peer link.
3665 *
3666 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
3667 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
3668 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
3669 *
3670 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08003671 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003672 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
3673 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003674 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
3675 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
3676 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
3677 *
3678 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3679 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
3680 *
3681 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
3682 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
3683 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
3684 *
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003685 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
3686 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
3687 *
3688 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
3689 *
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003690 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
3691 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003692 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
3693 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003694 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003695 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3696 */
3697enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
3698 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
3699 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
3700 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
3701 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
3702 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
3703 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
3704 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
3705 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
3706 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
3707 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
3708 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3709 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
3710 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
3711 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
3712 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
3713 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003714 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
3715 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08003716 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
3717 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003718 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
3719 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
3720 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
3721 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
3722 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
3723 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003724 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
3725 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003726 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003727
3728 /* keep last */
3729 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3730 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3731};
3732
3733/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003734 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
3735 *
3736 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
3737 * changed while the mesh is active.
3738 *
3739 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
3740 *
3741 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003742 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
3743 * default HWMP.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003744 *
3745 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003746 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
3747 * metric.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003748 *
3749 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003750 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
3751 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
3752 * metrics in use.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003753 *
3754 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003755 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003756 *
3757 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003758 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
3759 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
3760 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
3761 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
3762 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
3763 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
3764 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
3765 * userspace daemon.
3766 *
3767 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
3768 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
3769 * neighbor offset synchronization
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003770 *
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07003771 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
3772 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
3773 *
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07003774 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
3775 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
3776 * Default is no authentication method required.
3777 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003778 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003779 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003780 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
3781 */
3782enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
3783 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
3784 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
3785 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
3786 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
3787 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
3788 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003789 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07003790 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07003791 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003792
3793 /* keep last */
3794 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3795 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3796};
3797
3798/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003799 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
3800 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003801 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003802 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
3803 * disabled
3804 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
3805 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3806 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
3807 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3808 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
3809 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
3810 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
3811 */
3812enum nl80211_txq_attr {
3813 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003814 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003815 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
3816 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
3817 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
3818 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
3819
3820 /* keep last */
3821 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3822 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3823};
3824
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003825enum nl80211_ac {
3826 NL80211_AC_VO,
3827 NL80211_AC_VI,
3828 NL80211_AC_BE,
3829 NL80211_AC_BK,
3830 NL80211_NUM_ACS
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003831};
3832
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003833/* backward compat */
3834#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
3835#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
3836#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
3837#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
3838#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
3839
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08003840/**
3841 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
3842 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3843 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
3844 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3845 * below the control channel
3846 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3847 * above the control channel
3848 */
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003849enum nl80211_channel_type {
3850 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
3851 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
3852 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
3853 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
3854};
3855
3856/**
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08003857 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
3858 *
3859 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
3860 * attribute.
3861 *
3862 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3863 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
3864 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3865 * attribute must be provided as well
3866 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3867 * attribute must be provided as well
3868 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3869 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
3870 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3871 * attribute must be provided as well
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003872 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
3873 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08003874 */
3875enum nl80211_chan_width {
3876 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
3877 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3878 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
3879 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
3880 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
3881 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003882 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3883 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3884};
3885
3886/**
3887 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
3888 *
3889 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
3890 *
3891 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
3892 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
3893 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
3894 */
3895enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
3896 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3897 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3898 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08003899};
3900
3901/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003902 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
3903 *
3904 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
3905 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
3906 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
3907 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07003908 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
3909 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
3910 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003911 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
3912 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
3913 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
3914 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07003915 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
3916 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
3917 * they are from a Beacon frame.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003918 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
3919 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07003920 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
3921 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003922 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
3923 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
3924 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
3925 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
3926 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
3927 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
3928 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
3929 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
3930 * yet been received
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003931 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
3932 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07003933 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
3934 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
3935 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
3936 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08003937 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
3938 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
3939 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003940 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Dmitry Shmidt58d12ad2016-07-28 10:07:03 -07003941 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
3942 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
3943 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
3944 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
3945 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
3946 * is set.
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07003947 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
3948 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
3949 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003950 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
3951 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
3952 */
3953enum nl80211_bss {
3954 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
3955 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
3956 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
3957 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
3958 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3959 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
3960 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
3961 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
3962 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
3963 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
3964 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
3965 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003966 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07003967 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
3968 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08003969 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003970 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
Dmitry Shmidt58d12ad2016-07-28 10:07:03 -07003971 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
3972 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07003973 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003974
3975 /* keep last */
3976 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
3977 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
3978};
3979
3980/**
3981 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
3982 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003983 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
3984 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
3985 * a given BSS.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003986 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
3987 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
3988 *
3989 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
3990 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
3991 */
3992enum nl80211_bss_status {
3993 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
3994 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
3995 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
3996};
3997
3998/**
3999 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
4000 *
4001 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
4002 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
4003 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
4004 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004005 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08004006 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
4007 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
4008 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004009 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
4010 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
4011 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
4012 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
4013 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
4014 */
4015enum nl80211_auth_type {
4016 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
4017 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
4018 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
4019 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004020 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08004021 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
4022 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
4023 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004024
4025 /* keep last */
4026 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
4027 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
4028 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
4029};
4030
4031/**
4032 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
4033 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
4034 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
4035 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
4036 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
4037 */
4038enum nl80211_key_type {
4039 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
4040 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
4041 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
4042
4043 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
4044};
4045
4046/**
4047 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
4048 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
4049 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07004050 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004051 */
4052enum nl80211_mfp {
4053 NL80211_MFP_NO,
4054 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07004055 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004056};
4057
4058enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
4059 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
4060 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
4061};
4062
4063/**
4064 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
4065 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
4066 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
4067 * unicast key
4068 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
4069 * multicast key
4070 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
4071 */
4072enum nl80211_key_default_types {
4073 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
4074 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
4075 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
4076
4077 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
4078};
4079
4080/**
4081 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
4082 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
4083 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
4084 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
4085 * keys
4086 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
4087 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
4088 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
4089 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
4090 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
4091 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
4092 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
4093 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
4094 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
4095 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
4096 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
4097 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
4098 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
4099 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
4100 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
4101 */
4102enum nl80211_key_attributes {
4103 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
4104 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
4105 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
4106 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
4107 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
4108 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
4109 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
4110 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
4111 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
4112
4113 /* keep last */
4114 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
4115 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
4116};
4117
4118/**
4119 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4120 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4121 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4122 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4123 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4124 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08004125 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004126 * in an array of MCS numbers.
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08004127 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4128 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08004129 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004130 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4131 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4132 */
4133enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
4134 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
4135 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08004136 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
4137 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08004138 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004139
4140 /* keep last */
4141 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
4142 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
4143};
4144
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08004145#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4146#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
4147
4148/**
4149 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4150 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4151 */
4152struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
4153 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
4154};
4155
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08004156enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4157 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4158 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4159 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4160};
4161
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004162/**
4163 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4164 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4165 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004166 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz)
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07004167 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4168 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004169 */
4170enum nl80211_band {
4171 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
4172 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004173 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07004174
4175 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004176};
4177
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004178/**
4179 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4180 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4181 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4182 */
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004183enum nl80211_ps_state {
4184 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4185 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
4186};
4187
4188/**
4189 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4190 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4191 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4192 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -07004193 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4194 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4195 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4196 * crosses any of the thresholds.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004197 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4198 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4199 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4200 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4201 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4202 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07004203 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4204 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4205 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4206 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4207 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4208 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4209 * checked.
4210 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4211 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4212 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4213 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004214 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4215 * loss event
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -07004216 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4217 * RSSI threshold event.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004218 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4219 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4220 */
4221enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4222 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4223 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4224 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4225 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4226 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07004227 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4228 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4229 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004230 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -07004231 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004232
4233 /* keep last */
4234 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4235 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4236};
4237
4238/**
4239 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4240 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4241 * configured threshold
4242 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4243 * configured threshold
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004244 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004245 */
4246enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4247 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4248 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004249 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004250};
4251
4252
4253/**
4254 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4255 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4256 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4257 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4258 */
4259enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4260 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4261 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4262 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4263};
4264
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004265/**
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004266 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
4267 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4268 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004269 * a zero bit are ignored
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004270 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004271 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
4272 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
4273 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
4274 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
4275 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
4276 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004277 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004278 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
4279 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
4280 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004281 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004282 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004283 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
4284 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004285 */
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004286enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
4287 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
4288 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
4289 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
4290 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004291
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004292 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
4293 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004294};
4295
4296/**
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004297 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004298 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
4299 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
4300 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004301 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004302 *
4303 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004304 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
4305 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
4306 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
4307 * by the kernel to userspace.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004308 */
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004309struct nl80211_pattern_support {
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004310 __u32 max_patterns;
4311 __u32 min_pattern_len;
4312 __u32 max_pattern_len;
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004313 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004314} __attribute__((packed));
4315
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004316/* only for backward compatibility */
4317#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
4318#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4319#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
4320#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
4321#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
4322#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
4323#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
4324
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004325/**
4326 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
4327 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4328 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
4329 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
4330 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07004331 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
4332 * any others are even supported by the device.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004333 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
4334 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
4335 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
4336 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
4337 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
4338 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
4339 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004340 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
4341 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
4342 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
4343 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004344 *
4345 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004346 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004347 *
4348 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
4349 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
4350 * to the kernel when configuring.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004351 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
4352 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
4353 * by the device (flag)
4354 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
4355 * done by the device) (flag)
4356 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
4357 * packet (flag)
4358 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
4359 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
4360 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004361 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
4362 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
4363 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
4364 * attribute contains the original length.
4365 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
4366 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
4367 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4368 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
4369 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
4370 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
4371 * contains the original length.
4372 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
4373 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
4374 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4375 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
4376 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
4377 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
4378 * the TCP connection.
4379 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
4380 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
4381 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
4382 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
4383 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
4384 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
4385 * service
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004386 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
4387 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
4388 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07004389 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
4390 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
4391 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
4392 * attribute is also sent in a response to
4393 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
4394 * supported by the driver (u32).
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004395 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
4396 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
4397 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
4398 * that the information is not available. If more than one
4399 * element is present, it means that more than one match
4400 * occurred.
4401 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
4402 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
4403 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
4404 * these attributes must be present. If
4405 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
4406 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
4407 * channel.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004408 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
4409 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004410 *
4411 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
4412 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004413 */
4414enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
4415 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
4416 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
4417 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
4418 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
4419 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
4420 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
4421 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
4422 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
4423 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
4424 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004425 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
4426 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
4427 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
4428 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
4429 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
4430 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
4431 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
4432 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004433 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
4434 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004435
4436 /* keep last */
4437 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
4438 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
4439};
4440
4441/**
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004442 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
4443 *
4444 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
4445 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
4446 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
4447 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
4448 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
4449 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
4450 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
4451 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
4452 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
4453 *
4454 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
4455 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
4456 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
4457 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
4458 * also woken up.
4459 *
4460 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
4461 * response packets might not go through correctly.
4462 */
4463
4464/**
4465 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
4466 * @start: starting value
4467 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
4468 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
4469 *
4470 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
4471 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
4472 * in little endian.
4473 */
4474struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
4475 __u32 start, offset, len;
4476};
4477
4478/**
4479 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
4480 * @offset: offset of token in packet
4481 * @len: length of each token
4482 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
4483 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
4484 */
4485struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
4486 __u32 offset, len;
4487 __u8 token_stream[];
4488};
4489
4490/**
4491 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4492 * @min_len: minimum token length
4493 * @max_len: maximum token length
4494 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4495 */
4496struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4497 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4498};
4499
4500/**
4501 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4502 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4503 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4504 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4505 * (in network byte order)
4506 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4507 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4508 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4509 * might require ARP querying.
4510 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4511 * socket and port will be allocated
4512 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4513 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4514 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4515 * of the data payload.
4516 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4517 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4518 * advertising it is just a flag
4519 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4520 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4521 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4522 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4523 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
4524 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4525 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4526 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004527 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004528 * but on the TCP payload only.
4529 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4530 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4531 */
4532enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
4533 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
4534 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
4535 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
4536 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
4537 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
4538 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
4539 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
4540 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
4541 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
4542 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
4543 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
4544 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
4545
4546 /* keep last */
4547 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
4548 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
4549};
4550
4551/**
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004552 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
4553 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
4554 * @pat: packet pattern support information
4555 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4556 *
4557 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
4558 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
4559 */
4560struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
4561 __u32 max_rules;
4562 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
4563 __u32 max_delay;
4564} __attribute__((packed));
4565
4566/**
4567 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
4568 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4569 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
4570 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
4571 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
4572 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
4573 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4574 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
4575 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
4576 */
4577enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
4578 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
4579 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
4580 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
4581 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
4582
4583 /* keep last */
4584 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
4585 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
4586};
4587
4588/**
4589 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
4590 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
4591 * in a rule are matched.
4592 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
4593 * in a rule are not matched.
4594 */
4595enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
4596 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
4597 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
4598};
4599
4600/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004601 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
4602 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4603 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
4604 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
4605 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
4606 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
4607 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
4608 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
4609 */
4610enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
4611 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
4612 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
4613 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
4614
4615 /* keep last */
4616 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
4617 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
4618};
4619
4620/**
4621 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
4622 *
4623 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4624 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
4625 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
4626 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
4627 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
4628 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
4629 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
4630 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
4631 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
4632 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
4633 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
4634 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
4635 * different channels may be used within this group.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004636 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4637 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004638 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4639 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08004640 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
4641 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
4642 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004643 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
4644 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
4645 *
4646 * Examples:
4647 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
4648 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
4649 *
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08004650 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
4651 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004652 *
4653 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
4654 * => allows two STAs on different channels
4655 *
4656 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
4657 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
4658 *
4659 * The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained
4660 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
4661 * that any of these groups must match.
4662 *
4663 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
4664 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
4665 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
4666 * interface type, the following group always exists:
4667 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
4668 */
4669enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
4670 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
4671 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
4672 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
4673 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
4674 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004675 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004676 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08004677 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004678
4679 /* keep last */
4680 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
4681 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
4682};
4683
4684
4685/**
4686 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
4687 *
4688 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
4689 * state of non existant mesh peer links
4690 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
4691 * this mesh peer
4692 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
4693 * from this mesh peer
4694 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
4695 * received from this mesh peer
4696 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
4697 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
4698 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
4699 * plink are discarded
4700 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
4701 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
4702 */
4703enum nl80211_plink_state {
4704 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
4705 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
4706 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
4707 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
4708 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
4709 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
4710 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
4711
4712 /* keep last */
4713 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
4714 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
4715};
4716
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07004717/**
4718 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
4719 *
4720 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
4721 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
4722 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
4723 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
4724 */
4725enum plink_actions {
4726 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
4727 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
4728 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
4729
4730 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
4731};
4732
4733
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004734#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
4735#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
4736#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
4737
4738/**
4739 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
4740 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4741 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
4742 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
4743 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
4744 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
4745 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
4746 */
4747enum nl80211_rekey_data {
4748 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
4749 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
4750 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
4751 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
4752
4753 /* keep last */
4754 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
4755 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
4756};
4757
4758/**
4759 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
4760 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
4761 * Beacon frames)
4762 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
4763 * in Beacon frames
4764 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
4765 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
4766 */
4767enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
4768 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
4769 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
4770 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
4771};
4772
4773/**
4774 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
4775 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4776 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
4777 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
4778 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
4779 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
4780 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
4781 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
4782 */
4783enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
4784 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
4785 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
4786 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
4787
4788 /* keep last */
4789 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
4790 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
4791};
4792
4793/**
4794 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
4795 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4796 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
4797 * priority)
4798 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
4799 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
4800 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
4801 * (internal)
4802 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
4803 * (internal)
4804 */
4805enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
4806 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
4807 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
4808 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
4809 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
4810
4811 /* keep last */
4812 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
4813 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
4814};
4815
4816/**
4817 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
4818 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
4819 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
4820 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
4821 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
4822 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
4823 */
4824enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
4825 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
4826 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
4827 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
4828 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
4829 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
4830};
4831
4832/*
4833 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
4834 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
4835 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
4836enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
4837};
4838 */
4839
4840/**
4841 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
4842 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
4843 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
4844 * socket option.
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08004845 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004846 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
4847 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07004848 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
4849 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
4850 * cellular base stations.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004851 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
4852 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004853 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
4854 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
4855 * mode
4856 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
4857 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
4858 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
4859 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
4860 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
4861 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
4862 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08004863 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
4864 * setting
4865 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
4866 * powersave
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004867 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
4868 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
4869 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
4870 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
4871 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
4872 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
4873 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
4874 * states using station flags.
4875 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
4876 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
4877 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
4878 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
4879 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07004880 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
4881 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
4882 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
4883 * still generated by the driver.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004884 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
4885 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
4886 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
4887 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07004888 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
4889 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
4890 * lifetime of a BSS.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004891 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
4892 * Set IE to probe requests.
4893 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
4894 * to probe requests.
4895 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
4896 * requests sent to it by an AP.
4897 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
4898 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
4899 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
4900 * Measurement Report action frame.
4901 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
4902 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
4903 * to enable dynack.
4904 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
4905 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4906 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
4907 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
4908 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4909 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
4910 * rts/cts handshake.
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004911 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
4912 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
4913 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
4914 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
4915 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
4916 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
4917 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
4918 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
4919 * operating as a TDLS peer.
4920 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4921 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
4922 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
4923 * address mask/value will be used.
4924 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
4925 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
4926 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4927 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
4928 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4929 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
4930 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4931 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004932 */
4933enum nl80211_feature_flags {
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004934 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
4935 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
4936 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
4937 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004938 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004939 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
4940 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
4941 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
4942 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
4943 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
4944 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08004945 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
4946 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004947 /* bit 13 is reserved */
4948 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
4949 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07004950 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004951 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07004952 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004953 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
4954 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
4955 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
4956 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
4957 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
4958 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
4959 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004960 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
4961 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
4962 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
4963 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
4964 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
4965 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 31,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004966};
4967
4968/**
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07004969 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
4970 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07004971 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
4972 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
4973 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
4974 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
4975 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
Dmitry Shmidt58d12ad2016-07-28 10:07:03 -07004976 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
4977 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
4978 * certain groups which can be configured by the
4979 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
4980 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
4981 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
4982 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
4983 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
4984 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4985 * (if available).
4986 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
4987 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
4988 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4989 * (if available).
4990 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
4991 * channel dwell time.
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08004992 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
4993 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
4994 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
4995 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
4996 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
4997 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
4998 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
4999 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
Dmitry Shmidtebd93af2017-02-21 13:40:44 -08005000 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
5001 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
5002 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
5003 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
5004 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
5005 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
5006 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -07005007 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
5008 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
5009 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
5010 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
5011 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07005012 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5013 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
5014 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
5015 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
5016 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
5017 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
5018 * be supported.
5019 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
5020 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
5021 * actual dwell time.
5022 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
5023 * response
5024 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
5025 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
5026 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
5027 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
5028 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
5029 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
5030 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
5031 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
5032 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
5033 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
5034 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
5035 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
5036 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
5037 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
5038 * "radar detected" event.
5039 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
5040 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07005041 *
5042 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
5043 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
5044 */
5045enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
5046 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07005047 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
Dmitry Shmidt58d12ad2016-07-28 10:07:03 -07005048 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
5049 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
5050 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5051 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08005052 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
5053 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
5054 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
5055 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
Dmitry Shmidtebd93af2017-02-21 13:40:44 -08005056 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
5057 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
5058 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -07005059 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
5060 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07005061 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
5062 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
5063 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
5064 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
5065 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
5066 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
5067 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5068 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
5069 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
5070 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
5071 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
5072 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07005073
5074 /* add new features before the definition below */
5075 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
5076 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
5077};
5078
5079/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08005080 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
5081 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
5082 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
5083 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
5084 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
5085 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
5086 * to the host.
5087 *
5088 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
5089 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
5090 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
5091 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
5092 */
5093enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
5094 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
5095 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
5096 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
5097 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
5098};
5099
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08005100/**
5101 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
5102 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
5103 * handled by the AP is reached.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08005104 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08005105 */
5106enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
5107 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
5108 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
5109};
5110
5111/**
Dmitry Shmidtebd93af2017-02-21 13:40:44 -08005112 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
5113 *
5114 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
5115 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
5116 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
5117 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
5118 */
5119enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
5120 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
5121 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
5122 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
5123 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
5124};
5125
5126/**
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08005127 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
5128 *
5129 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
5130 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
5131 * requests.
5132 *
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07005133 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
5134 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
5135 * one of them can be used in the request.
5136 *
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08005137 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
5138 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
5139 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
5140 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
5141 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
5142 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
5143 * when really needed
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08005144 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
5145 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
5146 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
5147 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
5148 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
5149 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
5150 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
5151 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
5152 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07005153 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
5154 * request parameters IE in the probe request
5155 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
5156 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
5157 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is dicovered in the channel,
5158 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
5159 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
5160 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
5161 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
5162 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
5163 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
5164 * SSID and/or RSSI.
5165 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
5166 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
5167 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
5168 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
5169 * impacted with this flag.
5170 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
5171 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
5172 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
5173 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
5174 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
5175 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
5176 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
5177 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08005178 */
5179enum nl80211_scan_flags {
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07005180 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
5181 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
5182 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
5183 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
5184 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
5185 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
5186 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
5187 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
5188 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
5189 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
5190 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08005191};
5192
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08005193/**
5194 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
5195 *
5196 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
5197 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
5198 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
5199 *
5200 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
5201 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
5202 * in ACL to authenticate.
5203 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
5204 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
5205 */
5206enum nl80211_acl_policy {
5207 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
5208 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
5209};
5210
5211/**
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07005212 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
5213 *
5214 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
5215 *
5216 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
5217 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
5218 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
5219 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
5220 */
5221enum nl80211_smps_mode {
5222 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
5223 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
5224 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
5225
5226 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
5227 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5228};
5229
5230/**
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08005231 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
5232 *
5233 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
5234 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
5235 *
5236 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
5237 * now unusable.
5238 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
5239 * the channel is now available.
5240 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
5241 * change to the channel status.
5242 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
5243 * over, channel becomes usable.
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -07005244 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
5245 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
5246 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
5247 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07005248 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
5249 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08005250 */
5251enum nl80211_radar_event {
5252 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
5253 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
5254 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
5255 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -07005256 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07005257 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08005258};
5259
5260/**
5261 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
5262 *
5263 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
5264 *
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08005265 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08005266 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08005267 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08005268 * is therefore marked as not available.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08005269 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08005270 */
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08005271enum nl80211_dfs_state {
5272 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
5273 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
5274 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
5275};
5276
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07005277/**
5278 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
5279 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
5280 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
5281 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
5282 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
5283 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
5284 */
5285enum nl80211_protocol_features {
5286 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
5287};
5288
Dmitry Shmidt51b6ea82013-05-08 10:42:09 -07005289/**
5290 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
5291 *
5292 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
5293 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
5294 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
5295 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
5296 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
5297 */
5298enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
5299 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
5300 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
5301 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
5302 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
5303 /* add other protocols before this one */
5304 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
5305};
5306
5307/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
5308#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
5309
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08005310/**
5311 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
5312 *
5313 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
5314 *
5315 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
5316 */
5317enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
5318 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
5319};
5320
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08005321/*
5322 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
5323 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
5324 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
5325 */
5326#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
5327
5328/**
5329 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
5330 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
5331 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
5332 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
5333 * added to this file when needed.
5334 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
5335 */
5336struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
5337 __u32 vendor_id;
5338 __u32 subcmd;
5339};
5340
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07005341/**
5342 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
5343 *
5344 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
5345 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
5346 *
5347 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
5348 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
5349 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
5350 */
5351enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
5352 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
5353 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
5354 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
5355};
5356
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08005357/**
5358 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
5359 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5360 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
5361 * seconds (u32).
5362 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
5363 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
5364 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
5365 * make the scan plan meaningless.
5366 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
5367 * currently defined
5368 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5369 */
5370enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
5371 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
5372 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
5373 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
5374
5375 /* keep last */
5376 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
5377 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
5378 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
5379};
5380
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07005381/**
5382 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
5383 *
Paul Stewart092955c2017-02-06 09:13:09 -08005384 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
5385 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
5386 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07005387 */
5388struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
5389 __u8 band;
5390 __s8 delta;
5391} __attribute__((packed));
5392
5393/**
5394 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
5395 *
5396 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
5397 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
5398 * is requested.
5399 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
5400 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
5401 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
5402 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
5403 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
5404 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
5405 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
5406 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
5407 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
5408 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
5409 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
5410 *
5411 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
5412 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
5413 * which the driver shall use.
5414 */
5415enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
5416 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
5417 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
5418 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
5419 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
5420
5421 /* keep last */
5422 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5423 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5424};
5425
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08005426/**
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08005427 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
5428 *
5429 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
5430 *
5431 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
5432 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
5433 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
5434 */
5435enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
5436 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
5437 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
5438 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
5439
5440 /* keep last */
5441 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
5442 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
5443};
5444
5445/**
5446 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
5447 *
5448 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
5449 *
5450 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
5451 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
5452 */
5453enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
5454 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
5455 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
5456};
5457
5458/**
5459 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
5460 *
5461 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
5462 *
5463 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
5464 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
5465 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
5466 */
5467enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
5468 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
5469 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
5470 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
5471};
5472
5473#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
5474#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
5475#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
5476
5477/**
5478 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
5479 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
5480 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
5481 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
5482 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
5483 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
5484 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
5485 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
5486 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
5487 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
5488 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
5489 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
5490 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
5491 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
5492 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
5493 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
5494 * is follow up. This is a u8.
5495 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
5496 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
5497 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
5498 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
5499 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
5500 * This is a flag.
5501 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
5502 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
5503 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
5504 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
5505 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
5506 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
5507 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
5508 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5509 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
5510 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5511 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
5512 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
5513 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
5514 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
5515 *
5516 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
5517 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
5518 */
5519enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
5520 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
5521 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
5522 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
5523 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
5524 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
5525 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
5526 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
5527 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
5528 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
5529 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
5530 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
5531 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
5532 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
5533 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
5534 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
5535 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
5536 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
5537
5538 /* keep last */
5539 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
5540 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
5541};
5542
5543/**
5544 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
5545 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
5546 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
5547 * This is a flag.
5548 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
5549 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
5550 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
5551 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
5552 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
5553 * and only if &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
5554 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
5555 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
5556 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
5557 */
5558enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
5559 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
5560 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
5561 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
5562 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
5563 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
5564
5565 /* keep last */
5566 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
5567 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
5568};
5569
5570/**
5571 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
5572 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
5573 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
5574 * match. This is a nested attribute.
5575 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5576 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
5577 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
5578 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5579 *
5580 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
5581 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
5582 */
5583enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
5584 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
5585 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
5586 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
5587
5588 /* keep last */
5589 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
5590 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
5591};
5592
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07005593/**
5594 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
5595 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
5596 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
5597 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
5598 */
5599enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
5600 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
5601 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
5602};
5603
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07005604#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */